1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
68 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
69 static void dwarf2out_source_line
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
72 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
73 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
74 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
75 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
76 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
77 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
78 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
79 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
80 CIE = Common Information Entry
81 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
82 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
83 FDE = Frame Description Entry
84 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
85 how to restore registers
87 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
88 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
90 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
96 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
97 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
98 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
101 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
102 || flag_unwind_tables
103 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
108 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
110 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
113 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note this must appear
114 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro
118 default_eh_frame_section ()
120 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
121 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
122 int fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
123 int per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
124 int lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
128 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
129 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
130 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
131 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
132 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
133 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
135 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
);
137 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
140 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
143 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
144 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
145 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
149 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
150 must be kept around forever. */
151 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
153 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
154 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
155 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
156 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types
;
158 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
159 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
160 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
161 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
162 define type declaration DIE's. */
163 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table
;
165 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
166 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
167 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
170 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
171 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
172 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
174 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
175 Information instructions. The register number, offset
176 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
177 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
179 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
181 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
187 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
189 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
190 long int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
191 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
192 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
196 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
198 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
199 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
200 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
202 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
207 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
208 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
209 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
210 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
211 of this structure. */
212 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
217 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
220 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
221 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
222 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
223 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
224 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
226 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
228 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
229 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
230 const char *dw_fde_end
;
231 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
232 unsigned funcdef_number
;
233 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
234 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
235 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
239 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
240 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
242 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
243 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
244 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
245 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
247 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
248 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
251 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
252 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
253 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
256 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
257 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
260 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
261 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
262 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
265 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
266 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
268 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
269 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
272 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
274 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
275 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
276 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
278 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
279 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
280 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
281 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
283 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
287 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
288 information for each routine. */
289 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
291 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
292 static unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
294 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
295 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
297 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
299 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
301 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
302 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
304 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
305 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
306 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
307 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
308 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
309 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
312 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
315 unsigned int refcount
;
320 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
322 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
323 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
325 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
327 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
329 static char *stripattributes
PARAMS ((const char *));
330 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
331 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi
PARAMS ((void));
332 static void add_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
));
333 static void add_fde_cfi
PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref
));
334 static void lookup_cfa_1
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
,
336 static void lookup_cfa
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
337 static void reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
339 static void initial_return_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
340 static long stack_adjust_offset
PARAMS ((rtx
));
341 static void output_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int));
342 static void output_call_frame_info
PARAMS ((int));
343 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust
PARAMS ((rtx
));
344 static void queue_reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, rtx
, long));
345 static void flush_queued_reg_saves
PARAMS ((void));
346 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
347 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr
PARAMS ((rtx
, const char *));
349 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
350 static void output_cfa_loc
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
));
351 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*,
352 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*));
353 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
354 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
355 static void def_cfa_1
PARAMS ((const char *,
358 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
359 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
360 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
363 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
364 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
365 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
367 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
368 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
371 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
372 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
375 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
376 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
379 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
380 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
381 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
382 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
383 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
384 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
385 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
386 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
387 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
388 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
389 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
391 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
392 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
394 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
396 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
398 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
402 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
403 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
404 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
405 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
408 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
409 for the current function. */
410 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
411 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
414 /* Hook used by __throw. */
417 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
419 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
));
422 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
423 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
429 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
434 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
441 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
444 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address
)
448 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
449 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
450 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
452 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
453 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
455 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
456 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode
[i
]);
461 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
465 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
468 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc
)
473 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
474 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
476 return "DW_CFA_offset";
478 return "DW_CFA_restore";
482 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
483 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
484 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
485 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
486 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
487 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
488 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
489 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
490 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
491 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
492 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
493 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
494 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
495 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
496 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
497 case DW_CFA_register
:
498 return "DW_CFA_register";
499 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
500 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
501 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
502 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
504 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
505 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
506 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
507 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
508 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
511 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
512 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
513 case DW_CFA_expression
:
514 return "DW_CFA_expression";
515 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
516 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
517 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
518 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
519 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
520 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
522 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
523 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
524 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
527 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
528 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
529 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
530 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
531 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
532 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
535 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
539 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
541 static inline dw_cfi_ref
544 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= (dw_cfi_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
546 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
547 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
548 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
553 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
556 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
)
557 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
562 /* Find the end of the chain. */
563 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
569 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
572 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
574 static char label
[20];
576 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
577 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
581 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
582 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
585 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
)
591 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
594 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
596 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
597 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
601 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
603 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
605 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
606 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
607 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
610 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
614 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
617 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
620 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
)
622 dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
624 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
626 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
627 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
629 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
630 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
633 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
634 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
636 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
637 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
644 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
648 dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
652 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
655 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
657 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
658 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
660 if (fde_table_in_use
)
662 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
663 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
664 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
668 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
669 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
671 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
673 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
675 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
676 static long args_size
;
678 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
679 static long old_args_size
;
681 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
682 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
683 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
686 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label
, reg
, offset
)
696 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
699 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
700 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
703 def_cfa_1 (label
, loc_p
)
705 dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
;
708 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
713 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
714 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
716 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
717 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
719 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
720 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
721 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
722 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
727 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
729 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
730 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
732 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
733 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
736 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
737 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
740 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
741 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
742 offset has not changed. */
743 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
744 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
748 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
750 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
751 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
752 the specified offset. */
753 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
754 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
755 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
759 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
760 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
761 register-offset pair is available. */
762 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
764 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
765 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
766 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
769 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
772 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
773 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
774 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
775 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
778 reg_save (label
, reg
, sreg
, offset
)
784 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
786 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
788 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
789 the value isn't a register number. */
790 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
793 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
795 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
797 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
799 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
801 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
802 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
803 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
805 long check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
807 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
811 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
813 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
815 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
817 else if (sreg
== reg
)
818 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
822 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
823 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
826 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
829 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
830 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
831 from the previous frame's window save area.
833 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
834 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
837 dwarf2out_window_save (label
)
840 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
842 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
843 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
846 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
847 pushed onto the stack. */
850 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, size
)
856 if (size
== old_args_size
)
859 old_args_size
= size
;
862 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
863 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
864 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
867 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
868 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
871 dwarf2out_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
876 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
879 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
880 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
883 dwarf2out_return_save (label
, offset
)
887 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
890 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
891 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
894 dwarf2out_return_reg (label
, sreg
)
898 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
901 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
902 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
905 initial_return_save (rtl
)
908 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
909 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
911 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
914 /* RA is in a register. */
915 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
919 /* RA is on the stack. */
921 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
924 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
930 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
932 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
936 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
938 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
948 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
949 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
950 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
951 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
953 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
960 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
963 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
967 stack_adjust_offset (pattern
)
970 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
971 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
972 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
975 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
977 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
978 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
979 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
980 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
981 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
984 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
988 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
990 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
991 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
992 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
998 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1000 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1001 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1002 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
1003 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
1005 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1012 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1014 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1021 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1023 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1038 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1039 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1040 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1043 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
)
1046 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1050 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1052 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1053 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1054 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1055 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1056 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1057 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1058 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1061 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1065 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1066 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1067 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1070 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1072 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1073 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1074 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1075 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1076 offset
= -args_size
;
1081 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1082 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1083 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1084 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1086 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1088 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1089 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1090 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1098 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1099 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1101 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1105 args_size
+= offset
;
1109 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1110 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1111 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1116 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1117 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1118 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1120 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1122 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1127 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1129 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1130 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1133 queue_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
1138 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1140 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1142 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1143 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1145 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1149 flush_queued_reg_saves ()
1151 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1153 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1155 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1159 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1160 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1164 clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
)
1167 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1169 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1170 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1177 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1178 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1179 value, not an offset. */
1180 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1182 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1183 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1184 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1187 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1188 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1189 users need not read the source code.
1191 The High-Level Picture
1193 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1194 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1195 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1196 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1197 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1199 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1200 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1201 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1202 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1203 saves. This also seems to work.
1205 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1206 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1207 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1208 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1210 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1211 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1212 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1213 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1215 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1217 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1218 consists of a register and an offset.
1219 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1220 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1221 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1222 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1223 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1224 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1225 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1227 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1228 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1229 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1232 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1233 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1234 and cfa_temp.offset.
1236 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1239 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1240 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1241 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1245 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1246 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1249 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1250 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1251 cfa.offset unchanged
1252 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1253 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1256 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1257 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1258 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1259 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1260 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1261 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1264 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1265 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1266 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1269 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1270 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1272 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1273 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1274 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1277 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1278 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1280 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1281 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1284 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1285 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1286 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1289 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1290 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1291 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1294 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1298 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1299 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1300 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1303 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1304 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1305 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1307 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1310 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1311 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1312 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1314 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1317 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1320 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1321 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1324 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1325 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1326 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1329 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1330 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1331 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1332 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1335 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr
, label
)
1340 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1342 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1343 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1344 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1345 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1346 flag is set in them. */
1347 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1350 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1352 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1353 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1354 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1356 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1361 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1364 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1365 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1367 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1371 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1372 relative to the current CFA register. */
1373 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1375 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1377 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1383 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1384 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1385 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1386 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1387 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1388 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1389 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1395 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1399 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1402 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1405 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1407 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1413 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1415 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1416 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1418 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1420 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1421 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1423 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1426 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1428 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1429 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1430 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1431 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1433 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1436 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1437 or adjusting the FP */
1438 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1441 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1442 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1443 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1445 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1446 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1448 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1449 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1456 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1460 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1461 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1462 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1464 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1465 into the FP later on. */
1466 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1467 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1468 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1469 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1470 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1471 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1475 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1476 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1477 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1479 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1480 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1481 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1483 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1484 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1488 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1489 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1491 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1492 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1501 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1502 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1507 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1508 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1509 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1512 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1513 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1514 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1517 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1518 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1527 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1531 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1534 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1536 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1541 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1542 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1544 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1546 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1547 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1550 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1551 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1552 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1554 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1560 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1561 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1564 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1565 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1568 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1569 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1570 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1572 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1576 /* With an offset. */
1580 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1582 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1583 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1586 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1587 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1588 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1589 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1595 /* Without an offset. */
1597 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1598 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1599 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1600 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1607 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1609 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1610 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1617 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1618 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1619 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1621 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1623 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1625 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1626 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1628 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1629 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1634 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1635 calculate the CFA. */
1636 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1638 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1640 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1643 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1644 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1646 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1651 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1652 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1660 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1661 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1662 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1665 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn
)
1671 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1673 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1674 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1676 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1678 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1681 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1684 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1688 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1689 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1691 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1693 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1694 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1699 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1700 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1702 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1704 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1706 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1711 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1712 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1713 PARAMS ((enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
));
1715 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1716 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (cfi
)
1717 enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
;
1722 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1723 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1725 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1726 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1727 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1728 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1729 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1730 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1733 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1734 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1735 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1736 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1737 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1738 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1739 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1740 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1741 case DW_CFA_register
:
1742 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1744 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1745 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1746 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1747 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1750 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1751 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1758 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1759 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1760 PARAMS ((enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
));
1762 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1763 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (cfi
)
1764 enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
;
1768 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1769 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1771 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1772 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1773 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1775 case DW_CFA_register
:
1776 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1779 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1783 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1785 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1788 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
)
1793 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1794 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1795 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1796 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1797 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1798 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1800 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1801 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1802 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1803 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1804 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1806 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1807 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1808 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1809 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1810 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1813 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1814 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1816 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1818 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1820 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1821 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1822 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1825 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1826 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1829 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1830 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1831 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1832 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1835 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1836 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1837 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1838 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1841 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1842 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1843 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1844 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1847 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1848 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1849 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1850 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1853 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1854 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1855 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1857 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1860 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1861 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1862 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1864 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1867 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1868 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1869 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1870 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1871 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1875 case DW_CFA_register
:
1876 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1878 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1882 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1883 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1884 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1887 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1888 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1891 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1894 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1895 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1896 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1899 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1900 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1909 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1910 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1911 location of saved registers. */
1914 output_call_frame_info (for_eh
)
1920 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
1921 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
1922 char augmentation
[6];
1923 int augmentation_size
;
1924 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1925 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1926 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1928 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1929 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
1932 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1933 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
1934 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
1935 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
1938 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
1940 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1941 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1942 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
1943 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
)
1944 any_eh_needed
= true;
1946 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1950 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1955 (*targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section
) ();
1957 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
1959 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1960 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
1962 /* Output the CIE. */
1963 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1964 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1965 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1966 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1967 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1969 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1970 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1971 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1972 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1973 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1975 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1977 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1978 augmentation_size
= 0;
1984 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1985 augmentation section.
1986 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1987 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1988 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1990 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1991 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1993 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1994 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1995 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1997 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
1998 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2001 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2003 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2006 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2008 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2011 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2013 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2015 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2019 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2020 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2022 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2024 + 1 /* CIE version */
2025 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2026 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2027 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2029 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2030 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2031 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2033 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2035 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2036 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2037 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
2042 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2043 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2044 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2045 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2046 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2048 if (augmentation
[0])
2050 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2051 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2054 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2055 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2056 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
2059 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2060 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2061 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2063 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2064 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2065 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2068 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2069 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2071 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2072 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2073 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2074 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2076 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2077 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2079 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2081 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2082 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2083 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2084 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2087 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2088 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2089 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2090 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2092 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2095 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2097 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2102 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2103 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
2104 "FDE initial location");
2105 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2106 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2107 "FDE address range");
2111 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2112 "FDE initial location");
2113 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2114 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2115 "FDE address range");
2118 if (augmentation
[0])
2120 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2122 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2124 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2126 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2127 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2128 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2129 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2130 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2133 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
2137 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2139 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2141 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2142 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2143 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2144 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2145 "Language Specific Data Area");
2149 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2150 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2152 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2153 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2157 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2160 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2162 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2163 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2164 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2166 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2167 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2168 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2169 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2172 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2173 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2174 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2175 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2176 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2177 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2180 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2185 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2189 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (line
, file
)
2190 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2191 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2193 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2196 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2198 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2199 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2200 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2202 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2203 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2206 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2210 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2211 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2212 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2213 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2214 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2215 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2217 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2218 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2219 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2223 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2224 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2226 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2227 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2228 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2229 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2230 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2233 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2234 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2236 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2237 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2238 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2239 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2240 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2241 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2242 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2243 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2244 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2245 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2247 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2249 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2250 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2251 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2253 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2257 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2258 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2262 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (line
, file
)
2263 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2264 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2267 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2269 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2271 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2272 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2273 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2274 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2275 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2279 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2281 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2282 fde_table
= (dw_fde_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
2283 * sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2284 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2285 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2287 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2288 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2290 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2291 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2292 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2293 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2298 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2300 /* Output call frame information. */
2301 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2302 output_call_frame_info (0);
2304 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2305 output_call_frame_info (1);
2309 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2310 for emitting location expressions. */
2312 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2313 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2314 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2317 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2318 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2319 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2320 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2322 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2323 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2324 implementation are listed below. */
2329 dw_val_class_offset
,
2331 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2332 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2334 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2335 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2338 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2339 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2340 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2341 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2345 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2346 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2348 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2355 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2357 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
GTY(())
2359 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2364 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2365 represented internally. */
2367 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2369 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2370 union dw_val_struct_union
2372 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2373 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2374 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2375 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2376 long int GTY ((default (""))) val_int
;
2377 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2378 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2379 dw_float_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float
;
2380 struct dw_val_die_union
2384 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2385 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2386 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2387 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2388 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2390 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2394 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2397 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2399 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2400 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2401 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2402 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2407 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2408 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2409 their entire life. */
2410 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2412 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2413 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2414 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2415 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2416 Only on head of list */
2417 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2418 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2421 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2423 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
2424 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2427 static void add_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
*,
2429 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2430 static unsigned long size_of_locs
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2431 static void output_loc_operands
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2432 static void output_loc_sequence
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2434 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2437 dwarf_stack_op_name (op
)
2443 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2444 return "DW_OP_addr";
2446 return "DW_OP_deref";
2448 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2450 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2452 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2454 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2456 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2458 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2460 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2462 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2464 return "DW_OP_constu";
2466 return "DW_OP_consts";
2470 return "DW_OP_drop";
2472 return "DW_OP_over";
2474 return "DW_OP_pick";
2476 return "DW_OP_swap";
2480 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2488 return "DW_OP_minus";
2500 return "DW_OP_plus";
2501 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2502 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2508 return "DW_OP_shra";
2526 return "DW_OP_skip";
2528 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2530 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2532 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2534 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2536 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2538 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2540 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2542 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2544 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2546 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2548 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2550 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2552 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2554 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2556 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2558 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2560 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2562 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2564 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2566 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2568 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2570 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2572 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2574 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2576 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2578 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2580 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2582 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2584 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2586 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2588 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2590 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2592 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2594 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2596 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2598 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2600 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2602 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2604 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2606 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2608 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2610 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2612 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2614 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2616 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2618 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2620 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2622 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2624 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2626 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2628 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2630 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2632 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2634 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2636 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2638 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2640 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2642 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2644 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2646 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2648 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2650 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2652 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2654 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2656 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2658 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2660 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2662 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2664 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2666 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2668 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2670 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2672 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2674 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2676 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2678 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2680 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2682 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2684 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2686 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2688 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2690 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2692 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2694 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2696 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2698 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2700 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2702 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2704 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2706 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2708 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2710 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2712 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2714 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2716 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2718 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2720 return "DW_OP_regx";
2722 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2724 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2726 return "DW_OP_piece";
2727 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2728 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2729 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2730 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2733 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
2734 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2736 return "DW_OP_call2";
2738 return "DW_OP_call4";
2739 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2740 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2741 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
2742 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2744 return "OP_<unknown>";
2748 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2749 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2750 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2752 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2753 new_loc_descr (op
, oprnd1
, oprnd2
)
2754 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
2755 unsigned long oprnd1
;
2756 unsigned long oprnd2
;
2758 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2759 = (dw_loc_descr_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2761 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2762 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2763 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2764 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2765 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2771 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2774 add_loc_descr (list_head
, descr
)
2775 dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
;
2776 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
2778 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2780 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2781 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2787 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2789 static unsigned long
2790 size_of_loc_descr (loc
)
2791 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2793 unsigned long size
= 1;
2795 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2798 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2799 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2818 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2821 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2826 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2827 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2865 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2868 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2871 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2874 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2875 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2878 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2880 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2881 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2890 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2891 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2900 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2902 static unsigned long
2904 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2908 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2910 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2911 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2917 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2920 output_loc_operands (loc
)
2921 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2923 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2924 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2926 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2928 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2930 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2934 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2938 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2942 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2944 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2951 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2952 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2956 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2969 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2970 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2971 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2972 only doing unwinding. */
2977 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2980 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2983 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2986 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2988 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2989 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3023 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3026 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3029 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3032 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3033 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3036 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3038 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3039 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3040 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3043 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3044 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3045 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3047 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3054 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3059 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3062 output_loc_sequence (loc
)
3063 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3065 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3067 /* Output the opcode. */
3068 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3069 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3071 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3072 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3076 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3077 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3080 output_cfa_loc (cfi
)
3083 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3086 /* Output the size of the block. */
3087 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3088 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3089 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3091 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3092 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3095 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3096 a dw_cfa_location. */
3098 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3100 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
3102 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3104 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
3107 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3110 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3112 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3114 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3115 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3117 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3119 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3120 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3121 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3122 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
3124 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
3125 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3131 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3132 descriptor sequence. */
3135 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa
, loc
)
3136 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
3137 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
;
3139 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3141 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3145 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3147 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3183 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3186 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3220 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3221 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3224 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3225 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3230 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3231 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3234 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3235 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3239 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3241 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3242 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3244 /* .debug_str support. */
3245 static int output_indirect_string
PARAMS ((void **, void *));
3247 static void dwarf2out_init
PARAMS ((const char *));
3248 static void dwarf2out_finish
PARAMS ((const char *));
3249 static void dwarf2out_define
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3250 static void dwarf2out_undef
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3251 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file
PARAMS ((unsigned, const char *));
3252 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3253 static void dwarf2out_begin_block
PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3254 static void dwarf2out_end_block
PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3255 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block
PARAMS ((tree
));
3256 static void dwarf2out_global_decl
PARAMS ((tree
));
3257 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function
PARAMS ((tree
));
3259 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3261 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3267 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3268 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3269 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3270 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3271 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3272 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3273 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3274 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3275 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3276 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
3277 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3278 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3279 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3280 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3281 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3282 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3283 something tries to reference them. */
3284 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3285 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3286 debug_nothing_int
/* handle_pch */
3290 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3291 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3292 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3294 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3295 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3296 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3297 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3299 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3300 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3302 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3304 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3306 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3307 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3308 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3309 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3310 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3312 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3313 line number associated with the label generated for that
3314 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3315 the line number entry. */
3317 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3319 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3320 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3324 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3326 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3328 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3329 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3330 unsigned long function
;
3332 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3334 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3335 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3336 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3338 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3340 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3341 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3342 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3346 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3348 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3350 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3352 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3353 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3354 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3356 dw_offset die_offset
;
3357 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3362 /* The pubname structure */
3364 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3371 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3376 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3377 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3381 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3385 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3386 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3387 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3390 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3391 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3393 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3394 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3395 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3396 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3397 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3398 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3400 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3401 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3402 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3403 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3404 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3405 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3406 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3407 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3408 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3409 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3411 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3412 language, and compiler version. */
3414 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3415 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3416 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3418 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3419 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3421 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3422 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3423 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3424 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3425 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3427 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3428 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3429 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3430 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3431 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3432 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3434 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3435 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3436 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3437 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3439 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3443 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3444 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3445 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3447 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3448 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3450 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3451 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3453 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3454 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3455 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3456 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3457 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3459 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3460 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3461 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3462 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3465 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3466 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3468 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3469 /* We need special handling in dwarf2out_start_source_file if it is
3471 static int is_main_source
;
3474 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3475 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3477 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3478 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table
;
3479 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted
;
3480 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index
;
3482 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3483 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3484 number identifying each decl. */
3485 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*decl_die_table
;
3487 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3488 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated
;
3490 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3491 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3492 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use
;
3495 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3497 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3499 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3500 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3501 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3502 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3503 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3505 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3506 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3508 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3509 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3510 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3513 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3514 abbrev_die_table. */
3515 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3517 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3518 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3519 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3520 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3522 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3523 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3525 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3526 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3527 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3530 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3531 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3532 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3533 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3535 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3536 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3538 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3539 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3540 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3543 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3545 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3547 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3548 accessible names. */
3549 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3551 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3552 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3554 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3555 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3556 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3559 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3561 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3563 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3564 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3566 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3567 static unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3569 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3570 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3571 static unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3574 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3576 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3578 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3579 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3581 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3582 static unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3584 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3585 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3586 static unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3588 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3590 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3592 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3593 static unsigned have_location_lists
;
3595 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3596 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3598 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3599 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3602 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3604 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3606 static int is_pseudo_reg
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3607 static tree type_main_variant
PARAMS ((tree
));
3608 static int is_tagged_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3609 static const char *dwarf_tag_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3610 static const char *dwarf_attr_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3611 static const char *dwarf_form_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3613 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3615 static tree decl_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3616 static tree block_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3617 static tree decl_class_context
PARAMS ((tree
));
3618 static void add_dwarf_attr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
));
3619 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3620 static void add_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3621 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3623 static inline unsigned AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3624 static void add_AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3625 enum dwarf_attribute
, long));
3626 static inline long int AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3627 static void add_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3628 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3630 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3631 static void add_AT_long_long
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3632 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3635 static void add_AT_float
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3636 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3638 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash
PARAMS ((const void *));
3639 static int debug_str_eq
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3640 static void add_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3641 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3643 static inline const char *AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3644 static int AT_string_form
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3645 static void add_AT_die_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3646 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3648 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3649 static inline int AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3650 static inline void set_AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
, int));
3651 static void add_AT_fde_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3652 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3654 static void add_AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3655 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3657 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3658 static void add_AT_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3659 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3661 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3662 static void add_AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3663 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3665 static inline rtx AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3666 static void add_AT_lbl_id
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3667 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3669 static void add_AT_lbl_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3670 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3672 static void add_AT_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3673 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3675 static void add_AT_range_list
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3676 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3678 static inline const char *AT_lbl
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3679 static dw_attr_ref get_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3680 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3681 static const char *get_AT_low_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3682 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3683 static const char *get_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3684 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3685 static int get_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3686 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3687 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3688 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3689 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3690 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3691 static int is_c_family
PARAMS ((void));
3692 static int is_cxx
PARAMS ((void));
3693 static int is_java
PARAMS ((void));
3694 static int is_fortran
PARAMS ((void));
3695 static void remove_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3696 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3697 static inline void free_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3698 static void remove_children
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3699 static void add_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3700 static dw_die_ref new_die
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
,
3702 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3703 static void equate_type_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3704 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3705 static void equate_decl_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3706 static void print_spaces
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3707 static void print_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, FILE *));
3708 static void print_dwarf_line_table
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3709 static void reverse_die_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3710 static void reverse_all_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3711 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3712 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3713 static void loc_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3715 static void attr_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
,
3718 static void die_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3721 static int same_loc_p
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3722 dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *));
3723 static int same_dw_val_p
PARAMS ((dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*,
3725 static int same_attr_p
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *));
3726 static int same_die_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *));
3727 static int same_die_p_wrap
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3728 static void compute_section_prefix
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3729 static int is_type_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3730 static int is_comdat_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3731 static int is_symbol_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3732 static void assign_symbol_names
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3733 static void break_out_includes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3734 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash
PARAMS ((const void *));
3735 static int htab_cu_eq
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3736 static void htab_cu_del
PARAMS ((void *));
3737 static int check_duplicate_cu
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *));
3738 static void record_comdat_symbol_number
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned));
3739 static void add_sibling_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3740 static void build_abbrev_table
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3741 static void output_location_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3742 static int constant_size
PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3743 static unsigned long size_of_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3744 static void calc_die_sizes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3745 static void mark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3746 static void unmark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3747 static void unmark_all_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3748 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3749 static unsigned long size_of_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3750 static enum dwarf_form value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3751 static void output_value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3752 static void output_abbrev_section
PARAMS ((void));
3753 static void output_die_symbol
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3754 static void output_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3755 static void output_compilation_unit_header
PARAMS ((void));
3756 static void output_comp_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, int));
3757 static const char *dwarf2_name
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3758 static void add_pubname
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3759 static void output_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3760 static void add_arange
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3761 static void output_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3762 static unsigned int add_ranges
PARAMS ((tree
));
3763 static void output_ranges
PARAMS ((void));
3764 static void output_line_info
PARAMS ((void));
3765 static void output_file_names
PARAMS ((void));
3766 static dw_die_ref base_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3767 static tree root_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3768 static int is_base_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3769 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
));
3770 static int type_is_enum
PARAMS ((tree
));
3771 static unsigned int reg_number
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3772 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3773 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((unsigned int));
3774 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
3775 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
));
3776 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr
PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3777 static int is_based_loc
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3778 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
));
3779 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
3780 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3781 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3782 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int));
3783 static tree field_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3784 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3785 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3786 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3787 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset
PARAMS ((tree
));
3788 static void add_AT_location_description
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3789 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3791 static void add_data_member_location_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3792 static void add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, rtx
));
3793 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location
PARAMS ((tree
));
3794 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3795 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3796 static void add_name_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, const char *));
3797 static void add_comp_dir_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3798 static void add_bound_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3799 enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
));
3800 static void add_subscript_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3801 static void add_byte_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3802 static void add_bit_offset_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3803 static void add_bit_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3804 static void add_prototyped_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3805 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3806 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3807 static void add_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3808 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3809 static void push_decl_scope
PARAMS ((tree
));
3810 static void pop_decl_scope
PARAMS ((void));
3811 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3812 static inline int local_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3813 static inline int class_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3814 static void add_type_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int,
3816 static const char *type_tag
PARAMS ((tree
));
3817 static tree member_declared_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3819 static const char *decl_start_label
PARAMS ((tree
));
3821 static void gen_array_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3822 static void gen_set_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3824 static void gen_entry_point_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3826 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3827 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3828 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3829 static void gen_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3830 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3831 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3832 static void gen_formal_types_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3833 static void gen_subprogram_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3834 static void gen_variable_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3835 static void gen_label_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3836 static void gen_lexical_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3837 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3838 static void gen_field_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3839 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3840 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die
PARAMS ((const char *));
3841 static void gen_string_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3842 static void gen_inheritance_die
PARAMS ((tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3843 static void gen_member_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3844 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3845 static void gen_subroutine_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3846 static void gen_typedef_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3847 static void gen_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3848 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3849 static void gen_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3850 static void decls_for_scope
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3851 static int is_redundant_typedef
PARAMS ((tree
));
3852 static void gen_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3853 static unsigned lookup_filename
PARAMS ((const char *));
3854 static void init_file_table
PARAMS ((void));
3855 static void retry_incomplete_types
PARAMS ((void));
3856 static void gen_type_die_for_member
PARAMS ((tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3857 static void splice_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3858 static int file_info_cmp
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3859 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3860 const char *, const char *,
3861 const char *, unsigned));
3862 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref
*,
3864 const char *, const char *, const char *));
3865 static void output_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref
));
3866 static char *gen_internal_sym
PARAMS ((const char *));
3868 static void prune_unmark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3869 static void prune_unused_types_mark
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, int));
3870 static void prune_unused_types_walk
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3871 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3872 static void prune_unused_types_prune
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3873 static void prune_unused_types
PARAMS ((void));
3874 static int maybe_emit_file
PARAMS ((int));
3876 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3877 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3878 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3880 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3881 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3883 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3884 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3886 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3887 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3889 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3890 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3892 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3893 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3895 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3896 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3898 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3899 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3901 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3902 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3905 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3906 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3907 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3910 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3911 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE
3912 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3913 (SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1)
3915 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS SECTION_DEBUG
3918 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3919 the section names themselves. */
3921 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3922 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3924 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3925 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3927 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3928 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3930 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3931 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3933 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3934 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3936 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3937 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3939 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3940 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3943 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3944 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3945 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3946 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3947 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3949 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3950 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3951 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3952 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3953 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3954 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3955 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3956 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3958 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3959 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3961 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3962 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3964 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3965 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3967 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3968 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3970 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3971 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3974 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3975 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3977 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3980 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func
)
3981 const char *(*func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3983 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3986 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3992 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3993 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3994 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3997 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4001 type_main_variant (type
)
4004 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4006 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4007 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4008 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4009 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4011 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
4012 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
4013 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4018 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4021 is_tagged_type (type
)
4024 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
4026 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
4027 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
4030 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4033 dwarf_tag_name (tag
)
4038 case DW_TAG_padding
:
4039 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4040 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
4041 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4042 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
4043 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4044 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
4045 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4046 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
4047 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4048 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
4049 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4050 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
4051 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4053 return "DW_TAG_label";
4054 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
4055 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4057 return "DW_TAG_member";
4058 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
4059 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4060 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
4061 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4062 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
4063 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4064 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
4065 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4066 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
4067 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4068 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
4069 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4070 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
4071 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4072 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
4073 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4074 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
4075 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4076 case DW_TAG_variant
:
4077 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4078 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4079 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4080 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4081 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4082 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4083 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4084 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4085 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4087 return "DW_TAG_module";
4088 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4089 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4090 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4091 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4092 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4093 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4094 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4095 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4096 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4097 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4098 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4099 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4100 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4101 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4102 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4103 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4104 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4105 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4106 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4107 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4108 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4109 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4111 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4112 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4113 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4114 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4115 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4116 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4117 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4118 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4119 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4120 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4121 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4122 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4123 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4124 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4125 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4126 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4127 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4128 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4129 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4130 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4131 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4132 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4133 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4134 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4135 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4136 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4137 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4138 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4139 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4140 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4141 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4142 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4143 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4144 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4145 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4147 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4151 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4154 dwarf_attr_name (attr
)
4160 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4161 case DW_AT_location
:
4162 return "DW_AT_location";
4164 return "DW_AT_name";
4165 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4166 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4167 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4168 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4169 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4170 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4171 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4172 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4173 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4174 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4175 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4176 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4177 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4178 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4180 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4182 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4183 case DW_AT_language
:
4184 return "DW_AT_language";
4186 return "DW_AT_member";
4188 return "DW_AT_discr";
4189 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4190 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4191 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4192 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4194 return "DW_AT_import";
4195 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4196 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4197 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4198 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4199 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4200 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4201 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4202 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4203 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4204 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4205 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4206 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4208 return "DW_AT_inline";
4209 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4210 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4211 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4212 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4213 case DW_AT_producer
:
4214 return "DW_AT_producer";
4215 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4216 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4217 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4218 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4219 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4220 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4221 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4222 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4223 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4224 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4225 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4226 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4227 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4228 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4229 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4230 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4231 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4232 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4233 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4234 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4235 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4236 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4238 return "DW_AT_count";
4239 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4240 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4241 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4242 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4243 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4244 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4245 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4246 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4247 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4248 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4249 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4250 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4251 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4252 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4253 case DW_AT_external
:
4254 return "DW_AT_external";
4255 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4256 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4258 return "DW_AT_friend";
4259 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4260 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4261 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4262 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4263 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4264 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4265 case DW_AT_priority
:
4266 return "DW_AT_priority";
4268 return "DW_AT_segment";
4269 case DW_AT_specification
:
4270 return "DW_AT_specification";
4271 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4272 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4274 return "DW_AT_type";
4275 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4276 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4277 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4278 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4279 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4280 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4281 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4282 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4284 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4285 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4286 case DW_AT_associated
:
4287 return "DW_AT_associated";
4288 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4289 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4291 return "DW_AT_stride";
4292 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4293 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4294 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4295 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4296 case DW_AT_extension
:
4297 return "DW_AT_extension";
4299 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4300 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4301 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4302 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4303 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4304 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4305 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4306 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4307 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4309 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4310 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4311 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4312 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4313 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4314 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4315 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4316 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4317 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4318 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4319 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4320 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4321 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4322 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4323 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4324 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4325 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4326 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4327 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4328 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4329 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4330 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4332 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4333 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4334 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4335 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4336 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4337 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4338 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4339 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4340 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4341 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4342 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4343 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4344 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4345 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4347 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4348 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4351 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4355 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4358 dwarf_form_name (form
)
4364 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4365 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4366 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4367 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4368 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4370 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4372 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4374 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4375 case DW_FORM_string
:
4376 return "DW_FORM_string";
4378 return "DW_FORM_block";
4379 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4380 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4382 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4384 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4386 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4388 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4390 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4391 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4392 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4394 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4396 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4398 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4400 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4401 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4402 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4403 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4404 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4406 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4410 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4414 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc
)
4419 case DW_ATE_address
:
4420 return "DW_ATE_address";
4421 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4422 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4423 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4424 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4426 return "DW_ATE_float";
4428 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4429 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4430 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4431 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4432 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4433 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4434 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4436 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4441 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4442 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4443 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4444 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4448 decl_ultimate_origin (decl
)
4451 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4452 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4453 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4454 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4457 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4458 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4459 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4460 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4464 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4467 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4468 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4469 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4470 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4474 block_ultimate_origin (block
)
4477 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4479 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4480 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4481 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4482 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4485 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4490 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4494 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4495 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4496 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4498 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4504 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4505 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4509 decl_class_context (decl
)
4512 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4514 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4515 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4517 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4518 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4520 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4521 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4526 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4527 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4530 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
)
4534 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4536 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4537 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4541 static inline enum dw_val_class
4545 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4548 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4551 add_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
, flag
)
4553 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4556 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4558 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4559 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4560 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4561 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4562 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4565 static inline unsigned
4569 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4570 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4575 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4578 add_AT_int (die
, attr_kind
, int_val
)
4580 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4583 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4585 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4586 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4587 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4588 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4589 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4592 static inline long int
4596 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4597 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4602 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4605 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
, unsigned_val
)
4607 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4608 unsigned long unsigned_val
;
4610 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4612 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4613 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4614 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4615 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4616 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4619 static inline unsigned long
4623 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4624 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4629 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4632 add_AT_long_long (die
, attr_kind
, val_hi
, val_low
)
4634 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4635 unsigned long val_hi
;
4636 unsigned long val_low
;
4638 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4640 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4641 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4642 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4643 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4644 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4645 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4648 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4651 add_AT_float (die
, attr_kind
, length
, array
)
4653 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4657 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4659 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4660 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4661 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4662 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4663 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4664 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4667 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4670 debug_str_do_hash (x
)
4673 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4677 debug_str_eq (x1
, x2
)
4681 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4682 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4685 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4688 add_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
, str
)
4690 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4693 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4694 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4697 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4698 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
4699 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
4701 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
4702 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4704 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
4705 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
4706 node
->str
= ggc_alloc_string (str
, -1);
4709 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4710 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4711 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4712 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4713 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4716 static inline const char *
4720 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4721 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4726 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4727 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4733 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4735 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4739 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4743 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4745 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4746 always better to put it inline. */
4747 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4748 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4750 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4751 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4753 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4754 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4755 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4757 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4758 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4759 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4761 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4767 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4770 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_die
)
4772 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4773 dw_die_ref targ_die
;
4775 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4777 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4778 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4779 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4780 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4781 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4782 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4785 static inline dw_die_ref
4789 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4790 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4799 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4800 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4806 set_AT_ref_external (a
, i
)
4810 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4811 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4816 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4819 add_AT_fde_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_fde
)
4821 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4824 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4826 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4827 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4828 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4829 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4830 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4833 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4836 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, loc
)
4838 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4839 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4841 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4843 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4844 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4845 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4846 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4847 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4850 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4854 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4855 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4861 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, loc_list
)
4863 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4864 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
;
4866 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4868 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4869 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4870 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4871 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4872 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4873 have_location_lists
= 1;
4876 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4880 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4881 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4886 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4889 add_AT_addr (die
, attr_kind
, addr
)
4891 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4894 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4896 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4897 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4898 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4899 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4900 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4907 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4908 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4913 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4916 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, attr_kind
, lbl_id
)
4918 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4921 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4923 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4924 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4925 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4926 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4927 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4930 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4933 add_AT_lbl_offset (die
, attr_kind
, label
)
4935 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4938 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4940 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4941 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4942 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4943 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4944 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4947 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4950 add_AT_offset (die
, attr_kind
, offset
)
4952 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4953 unsigned long offset
;
4955 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4957 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4958 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4959 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4960 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4961 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4964 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4967 add_AT_range_list (die
, attr_kind
, offset
)
4969 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4970 unsigned long offset
;
4972 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4974 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4975 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4976 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4977 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4978 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4981 static inline const char *
4985 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4986 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4987 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4992 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4994 static inline dw_attr_ref
4995 get_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
4997 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5000 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
5004 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5005 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5007 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
5008 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
5012 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
5018 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5019 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5020 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5022 static inline const char *
5026 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
5028 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5031 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5032 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5033 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5035 static inline const char *
5039 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
5041 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5044 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5045 NULL if it is not present. */
5047 static inline const char *
5048 get_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
)
5050 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5052 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5054 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
5057 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5058 if it is not present. */
5061 get_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
)
5063 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5065 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5067 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
5070 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5071 if it is not present. */
5073 static inline unsigned
5074 get_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
)
5076 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5078 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5080 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
5083 static inline dw_die_ref
5084 get_AT_ref (die
, attr_kind
)
5086 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5088 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5090 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
5096 unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5098 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
5099 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
5105 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
5106 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
5112 unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5114 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
);
5120 unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5122 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Java
);
5125 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5127 static inline void free_AT
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
5132 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5133 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5134 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5137 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5140 remove_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
5142 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5145 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
5149 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
5150 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5153 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
5162 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5168 remove_children (die
);
5171 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5174 remove_children (die
)
5177 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5179 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5181 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5183 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5186 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5188 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5190 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5192 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5200 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5201 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5204 add_child_die (die
, child_die
)
5206 dw_die_ref child_die
;
5208 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5210 if (die
== child_die
)
5213 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5214 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5215 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5219 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5220 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5223 splice_child_die (parent
, child
)
5224 dw_die_ref parent
, child
;
5228 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5229 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5230 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5232 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5238 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5239 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5242 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5245 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5249 child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5250 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5251 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5254 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5256 static inline dw_die_ref
5257 new_die (tag_value
, parent_die
, t
)
5258 enum dwarf_tag tag_value
;
5259 dw_die_ref parent_die
;
5262 dw_die_ref die
= (dw_die_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5264 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5266 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5267 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5270 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5272 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5273 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5274 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5275 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5276 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5282 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5284 static inline dw_die_ref
5285 lookup_type_die (type
)
5288 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5291 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5294 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
)
5296 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5298 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5301 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5303 static inline dw_die_ref
5304 lookup_decl_die (decl
)
5307 unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5309 return (decl_id
< decl_die_table_in_use
? decl_die_table
[decl_id
] : NULL
);
5312 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5315 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
)
5317 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
5319 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5320 unsigned int num_allocated
;
5322 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_allocated
)
5325 = ((decl_id
+ 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
- 1)
5326 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
)
5327 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5329 decl_die_table
= ggc_realloc (decl_die_table
,
5330 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * num_allocated
);
5332 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table
[decl_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5333 (num_allocated
- decl_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5334 decl_die_table_allocated
= num_allocated
;
5337 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_in_use
)
5338 decl_die_table_in_use
= (decl_id
+ 1);
5340 decl_die_table
[decl_id
] = decl_die
;
5343 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5344 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5345 the DIE internal representation. */
5346 static int print_indent
;
5348 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5351 print_spaces (outfile
)
5354 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5357 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5358 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5361 print_die (die
, outfile
)
5368 print_spaces (outfile
);
5369 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5370 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5371 print_spaces (outfile
);
5372 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5373 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5375 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5377 print_spaces (outfile
);
5378 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5380 switch (AT_class (a
))
5382 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5383 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5385 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5386 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5388 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5389 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5391 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5392 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5393 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5395 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5396 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5398 case dw_val_class_const
:
5399 fprintf (outfile
, "%ld", AT_int (a
));
5401 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5402 fprintf (outfile
, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a
));
5404 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5405 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5406 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5407 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5409 case dw_val_class_float
:
5410 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
5412 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5413 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5415 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5416 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5418 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5419 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5421 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5424 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5426 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5427 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5428 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5430 case dw_val_class_str
:
5431 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5432 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5434 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5440 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5443 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5446 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5447 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5451 if (print_indent
== 0)
5452 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5455 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5456 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5459 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile
)
5463 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5465 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5466 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5468 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5469 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5470 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s",
5471 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, line_info
->dw_file_num
));
5472 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5473 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5476 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5479 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5482 debug_dwarf_die (die
)
5485 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5488 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5489 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5495 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5496 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5497 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5500 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5501 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5502 they are in order of addition. */
5505 reverse_die_lists (die
)
5508 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5509 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5511 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5513 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5514 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5520 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5527 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5530 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5531 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5532 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5533 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5534 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5537 reverse_all_dies (die
)
5542 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5544 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5545 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5548 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5549 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5550 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5553 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit
, bincl_die
)
5554 dw_die_ref old_unit
, bincl_die
;
5556 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5557 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5559 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5563 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5566 pop_compile_unit (old_unit
)
5567 dw_die_ref old_unit
;
5569 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5571 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5575 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5576 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5578 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5581 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
)
5582 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5583 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5585 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5586 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5587 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5590 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5593 attr_checksum (at
, ctx
, mark
)
5595 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5598 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5601 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5603 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5604 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5605 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5606 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5607 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5610 switch (AT_class (at
))
5612 case dw_val_class_const
:
5613 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5615 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5616 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5618 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5619 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5621 case dw_val_class_float
:
5622 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5624 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5625 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5627 case dw_val_class_str
:
5628 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5631 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5633 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5636 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5644 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5645 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5648 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5649 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5650 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5653 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5654 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5657 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5658 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5659 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5667 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5670 die_checksum (die
, ctx
, mark
)
5672 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5678 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5681 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5684 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5686 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5688 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5689 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5691 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5692 die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
);
5696 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5698 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5700 same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
)
5701 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
;
5702 dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
;
5705 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5706 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5707 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5710 /* Do the values look the same? */
5712 same_dw_val_p (v1
, v2
, mark
)
5717 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
5721 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
5724 switch (v1
->val_class
)
5726 case dw_val_class_const
:
5727 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
5728 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5729 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5730 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5731 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
5732 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5733 case dw_val_class_float
:
5734 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_float
.length
)
5736 for (i
= 0; i
< v1
->v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
5737 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
] != v2
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
])
5740 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5741 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
5742 case dw_val_class_str
:
5743 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5745 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5746 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
5747 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
5748 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
5750 switch (GET_CODE (r1
))
5753 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
5759 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5760 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
5762 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5763 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
5765 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
5766 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
5768 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
5770 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5771 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
5773 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5774 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5775 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5783 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5786 same_attr_p (at1
, at2
, mark
)
5791 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
5794 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5795 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5796 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5797 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5798 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5801 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
5804 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5807 same_die_p (die1
, die2
, mark
)
5815 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5817 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
5818 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5820 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
5823 for (a1
= die1
->die_attr
, a2
= die2
->die_attr
;
5825 a1
= a1
->dw_attr_next
, a2
= a2
->dw_attr_next
)
5826 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, a2
, mark
))
5831 for (c1
= die1
->die_child
, c2
= die2
->die_child
;
5833 c1
= c1
->die_sib
, c2
= c2
->die_sib
)
5834 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
5842 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5845 same_die_p_wrap (die1
, die2
)
5850 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
5852 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
5853 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
5858 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5860 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5862 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5863 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5865 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5866 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5869 compute_section_prefix (unit_die
)
5870 dw_die_ref unit_die
;
5872 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5873 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
5874 char *name
= (char *) alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
5877 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5880 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5881 the name filename of the unit. */
5883 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5885 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
5886 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
5887 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5889 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
5890 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5892 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5893 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
5895 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5899 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5900 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5903 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5909 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5911 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5912 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5913 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5914 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5915 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5916 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5917 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5918 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5919 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5920 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5921 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5922 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5923 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5924 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5925 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5926 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5927 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5928 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
5935 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5936 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5937 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5938 compilations (functions). */
5944 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5945 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5946 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5947 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5949 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5952 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5953 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5954 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5955 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5957 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5959 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5962 return is_type_die (c
);
5965 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5966 compilation unit. */
5972 return (is_type_die (c
)
5973 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5974 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5978 gen_internal_sym (prefix
)
5982 static int label_num
;
5984 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
5985 return xstrdup (buf
);
5988 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5991 assign_symbol_names (die
)
5996 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
5998 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
6000 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
6002 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
6003 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
6004 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
6007 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6010 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6011 assign_symbol_names (c
);
6014 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6017 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
6018 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
6021 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6026 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
6028 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
6032 htab_cu_eq (of1
, of2
)
6036 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
6037 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
6039 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
6046 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
6056 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6059 check_duplicate_cu (cu
, htable
, sym_num
)
6064 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
6065 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
6067 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
6069 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6070 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6074 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
6076 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
6082 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
6086 entry
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry
));
6088 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
6089 entry
->next
= *slot
;
6095 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6097 record_comdat_symbol_number (cu
, htable
, sym_num
)
6102 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
6104 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6105 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6109 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
6112 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6113 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6114 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6117 break_out_includes (die
)
6121 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
6122 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
6123 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
6125 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
6127 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
6129 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6130 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
6132 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6135 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
6137 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
6140 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
6142 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
6146 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
6150 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6151 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
6157 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6158 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6163 assign_symbol_names (die
);
6164 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
6165 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
6171 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
6172 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6173 &comdat_symbol_number
);
6174 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
6176 *pnode
= node
->next
;
6179 pnode
= &node
->next
;
6180 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6181 comdat_symbol_number
);
6184 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
6187 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6188 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6189 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6192 add_sibling_attributes (die
)
6197 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
6198 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6199 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6200 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6202 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6203 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
6206 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6209 output_location_lists (die
)
6215 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6216 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6217 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
6219 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6220 output_location_lists (c
);
6224 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6225 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6226 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6227 die are visited recursively. */
6230 build_abbrev_table (die
)
6233 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6234 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6236 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
6238 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6239 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6240 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6241 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6242 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
6244 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
6247 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
6250 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6252 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6254 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
6256 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6258 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
6259 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
6261 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
6263 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
6264 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
6267 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6268 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6271 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
6277 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6279 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6281 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6282 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6283 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6285 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6286 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6287 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6290 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6291 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6294 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6295 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6296 build_abbrev_table (c
);
6299 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6302 constant_size (value
)
6303 long unsigned value
;
6310 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6313 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6318 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6319 .debug_info section. */
6321 static unsigned long
6325 unsigned long size
= 0;
6328 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6329 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6331 switch (AT_class (a
))
6333 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6334 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6336 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6337 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6339 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6341 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6344 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6348 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6349 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6351 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6352 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6354 case dw_val_class_const
:
6355 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6357 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6358 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6360 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6361 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6363 case dw_val_class_float
:
6364 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
6366 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6369 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6370 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6371 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6373 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6375 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6376 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6378 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6379 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6381 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6382 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6384 case dw_val_class_str
:
6385 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6386 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6388 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6398 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6399 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6400 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6401 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6404 calc_die_sizes (die
)
6409 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6410 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6412 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6415 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6416 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6417 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6420 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6421 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6422 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6423 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6435 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6439 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6451 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6455 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6458 unmark_all_dies (die
)
6468 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6469 unmark_all_dies (c
);
6471 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6472 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6473 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6476 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6477 compilation unit. */
6479 static unsigned long
6485 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6486 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6488 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6489 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6492 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6496 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6498 static unsigned long
6503 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6505 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6506 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6507 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6509 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6510 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6514 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6516 static enum dwarf_form
6520 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6522 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6523 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6524 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6525 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6526 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6527 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6528 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6529 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6531 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6532 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6533 .debug_loc section */
6534 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6535 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6536 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6539 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6541 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6545 case dw_val_class_const
:
6546 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6547 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6548 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6551 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6553 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6555 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6557 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6561 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6562 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6563 case dw_val_class_float
:
6564 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6565 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6566 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6567 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6568 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6569 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6572 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6573 return DW_FORM_data
;
6574 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6575 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6576 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6577 return DW_FORM_data
;
6578 case dw_val_class_str
:
6579 return AT_string_form (a
);
6586 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6589 output_value_format (a
)
6592 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6594 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6597 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6601 output_abbrev_section ()
6603 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6607 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6609 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6611 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6612 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6613 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6615 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6616 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6618 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6620 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6621 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6623 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6624 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6625 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6628 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6629 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6632 /* Terminate the table. */
6633 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6636 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6639 output_die_symbol (die
)
6642 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6647 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6648 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6649 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6651 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6653 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6656 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6657 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6658 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6660 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6661 new_loc_list (expr
, begin
, end
, section
, gensym
)
6662 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
6665 const char *section
;
6668 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6670 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6672 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6673 retlist
->section
= section
;
6675 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6680 /* Add a location description expression to a location list */
6683 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (list_head
, descr
, begin
, end
, section
)
6684 dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
;
6685 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
6688 const char *section
;
6692 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6693 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6696 /* Add a new location list node to the list */
6697 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6700 /* Output the location list given to us */
6703 output_loc_list (list_head
)
6704 dw_loc_list_ref list_head
;
6706 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6708 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6710 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6711 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6712 in more than one section. */
6713 if (strcmp (curr
->section
, ".text") == 0)
6715 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6716 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0,
6717 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6718 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->section
,
6719 "Location list base address specifier base");
6722 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6726 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6727 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6728 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6729 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6730 "Location list end address (%s)",
6731 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6732 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6734 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6737 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6739 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6742 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6743 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6744 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6745 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6746 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6747 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6750 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6751 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6761 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6762 them to point to. */
6763 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6764 output_die_symbol (die
);
6766 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6767 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6769 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6771 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6773 switch (AT_class (a
))
6775 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6776 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6779 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6780 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6784 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6786 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6788 sprintf (p
, "+0x%lx", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6789 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6795 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6796 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6798 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6799 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6801 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6804 case dw_val_class_const
:
6805 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6806 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6807 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6808 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6811 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6812 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6813 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6816 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6818 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6820 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6821 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6824 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6826 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6827 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6831 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6832 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6835 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6836 first
, "long long constant");
6837 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6842 case dw_val_class_float
:
6846 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
6849 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
6850 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
6851 "fp constant word %u", i
);
6855 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6856 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6859 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6861 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6865 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
,
6866 loc_section_label
, "%s", name
);
6870 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6871 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6873 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6877 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6879 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6882 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6886 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6890 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6891 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6892 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
6896 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6897 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6900 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6901 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6904 case dw_val_class_str
:
6905 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6906 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6907 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
6908 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
6910 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
6918 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6921 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6922 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6923 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6927 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6928 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6931 output_compilation_unit_header ()
6933 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6934 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6935 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6936 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6937 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
6938 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6939 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
6940 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
6941 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6942 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6945 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6948 output_comp_unit (die
, output_if_empty
)
6950 int output_if_empty
;
6952 const char *secname
;
6955 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6956 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
6959 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6960 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6961 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6962 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6963 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6966 build_abbrev_table (die
);
6968 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6969 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
6970 calc_die_sizes (die
);
6972 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6975 tmp
= (char *) alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
6977 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
6979 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
6982 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
6984 /* Output debugging information. */
6985 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
6986 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6989 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6994 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
6998 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6999 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7000 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7003 dwarf2_name (decl
, scope
)
7007 return (*lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
7010 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7013 add_pubname (decl
, die
)
7019 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
7022 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
7024 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7026 = (pubname_ref
) ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
7027 (pubname_table_allocated
7028 * sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
7029 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
7030 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
7033 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
7035 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
7038 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7039 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7040 visible procedures. */
7046 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
7048 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7049 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7050 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7051 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
7052 "Length of Public Names Info");
7053 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7054 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7055 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7056 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
7057 "Compilation Unit Length");
7059 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
7061 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
7063 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7064 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
7067 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
7070 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
7073 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7076 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7079 add_arange (decl
, die
)
7083 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
7086 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
7088 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7089 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
7090 (arange_table_allocated
7091 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
7092 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
7093 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
7096 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
7099 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7100 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7101 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7107 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
7109 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7110 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7111 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7112 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
7113 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7114 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7115 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7116 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7117 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
7118 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7120 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7121 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
7123 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7125 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7126 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7127 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
7128 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
7131 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
7132 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
7133 text_section_label
, "Length");
7135 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
7137 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
7139 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7140 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
7143 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7145 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
7147 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
7148 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
7152 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7153 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7154 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7155 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
7156 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
7158 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
7162 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
7165 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7166 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
7167 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7168 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
7173 /* Output the terminator words. */
7174 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7175 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7178 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7185 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
7187 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
7189 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7190 ranges_table
= (dw_ranges_ref
)
7191 ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
7192 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
7193 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
7194 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
7197 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
7198 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
7200 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7207 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
7208 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
7210 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
7212 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
7216 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7217 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7219 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
7220 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
7222 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7223 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7224 base of the text section. */
7225 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
7227 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7229 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7230 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7231 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7234 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7235 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7236 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7237 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7240 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7241 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7242 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7249 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7250 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7256 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7259 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7260 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7261 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7262 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7263 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7266 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7270 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7271 int length
; /* Path length. */
7272 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7273 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7274 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7275 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7278 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7279 the directories in the path. */
7282 file_info_cmp (p1
, p2
)
7286 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7287 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7291 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7292 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7293 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7294 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7295 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7296 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7297 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7299 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7300 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7306 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7307 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7308 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7309 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7310 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7312 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7313 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7318 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7319 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7320 slowdowns with many input files. */
7323 output_file_names ()
7325 struct file_info
*files
;
7326 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7335 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7336 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) <= 1)
7338 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7339 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7343 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7344 files
= (struct file_info
*) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
)
7345 * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7346 dirs
= (struct dir_info
*) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
)
7347 * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7349 /* Sort the file names. */
7350 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7354 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7355 f
= VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
);
7356 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7359 /* Create a new array entry. */
7361 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7362 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7364 /* Search for the file name part. */
7365 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7366 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7369 qsort (files
+ 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) - 1,
7370 sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7372 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7373 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7374 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7375 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7377 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7379 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7382 for (i
= 2; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7383 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7384 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7385 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7387 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7388 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7389 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7395 /* This is a new directory. */
7396 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7397 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7398 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7399 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7400 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7401 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7403 /* Search for a prefix. */
7404 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7405 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7406 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7407 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7408 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7409 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7410 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7411 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7416 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7417 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7418 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7419 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7420 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7421 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7422 saved
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7423 savehere
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7425 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7426 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7431 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7432 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7433 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7434 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7436 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7439 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7441 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7446 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7451 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7452 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7454 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7455 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7460 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7462 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7464 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7465 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7466 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7468 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7469 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7471 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7472 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7477 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7478 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7479 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7480 backmap
= (int *) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (int));
7481 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7483 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7485 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7486 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7489 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7490 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7491 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7492 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7493 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7495 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7496 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7497 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7499 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7500 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7501 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7504 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7506 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7508 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7511 /* Now write all the file names. */
7512 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7514 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7515 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7517 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7518 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i
);
7520 /* Include directory index. */
7521 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7523 /* Modification time. */
7524 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7526 /* File length in bytes. */
7527 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7530 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7534 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7535 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7540 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7541 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7542 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7545 unsigned long lt_index
;
7546 unsigned long current_line
;
7549 unsigned long current_file
;
7550 unsigned long function
;
7552 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7553 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7554 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7555 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7557 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7558 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7559 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7560 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7561 "Length of Source Line Info");
7562 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7564 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7565 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7566 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7568 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7569 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7570 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7571 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7572 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7573 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7574 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7575 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7576 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7577 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7579 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7580 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7581 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7582 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7583 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7584 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7585 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7586 "Special Opcode Base");
7588 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7592 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7593 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7594 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7595 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7596 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7604 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7608 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7609 output_file_names ();
7610 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7612 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7613 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7614 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7616 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7617 a series of state machine operations. */
7620 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7621 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7623 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7626 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7627 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7630 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7631 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7632 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7633 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7634 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7638 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7640 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7641 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7642 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7643 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7644 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7645 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7647 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7650 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7651 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7652 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7653 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7657 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7658 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7659 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7660 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7661 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7662 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7665 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7667 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7668 different from the previous line. */
7669 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7671 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7672 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7673 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7674 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7678 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7679 that uses the least amount of space. */
7680 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7682 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7683 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7684 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7685 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7686 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7687 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7689 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7690 "line %lu", current_line
);
7693 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7694 depending on the value being encoded. */
7695 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7696 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7697 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7698 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7702 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7703 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7706 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7709 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7710 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7711 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7715 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7716 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7717 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7718 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7721 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7722 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7723 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7728 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7730 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7731 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7734 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7735 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7736 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7737 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7741 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7742 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7743 to handle it differently. */
7744 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7746 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7748 function
= line_info
->function
;
7750 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
7751 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7752 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7753 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7754 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7758 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7761 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7762 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7763 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7767 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7768 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7769 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7770 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7774 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7776 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7777 different from the previous line. */
7778 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7780 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7781 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7782 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7783 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7787 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7788 that uses the least amount of space. */
7789 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7791 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7792 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7793 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7794 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7795 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7796 "line %lu", current_line
);
7799 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7800 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7801 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7802 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7806 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7814 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7815 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7816 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7821 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7822 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7825 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7826 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7827 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7831 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7832 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7833 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7834 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7837 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7838 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7839 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7840 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7844 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7845 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7848 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7849 a DIE that describes the given type.
7851 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7852 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7855 base_type_die (type
)
7858 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7859 const char *type_name
;
7860 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7861 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7863 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7868 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7869 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7871 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7874 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7876 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7879 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7880 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7881 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7883 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7884 && (type
== char_type_node
7885 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7886 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7888 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7889 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7891 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7894 /* else fall through. */
7897 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7898 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7899 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7901 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7905 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7908 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7909 a user defined type for it. */
7911 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
7912 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
7914 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
7918 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7919 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
7923 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7927 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7928 if (demangle_name_func
)
7929 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
7931 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
7932 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7933 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
7934 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
7936 return base_type_result
;
7939 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7940 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7941 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7942 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7943 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7944 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7945 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7946 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7952 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7953 return error_mark_node
;
7955 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7958 return error_mark_node
;
7961 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7962 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
7965 return type_main_variant (type
);
7969 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7970 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7976 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7991 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
7996 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
8010 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8011 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8012 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8013 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8016 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8017 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
)
8021 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8022 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
8023 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
8025 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
8026 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
8028 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
8031 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8032 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8035 modified_type_die (type
, is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
, context_die
)
8038 int is_volatile_type
;
8039 dw_die_ref context_die
;
8041 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
8042 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
8043 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
8044 tree item_type
= NULL
;
8046 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
8048 tree qualified_type
;
8050 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8053 = get_qualified_type (type
,
8054 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
8056 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
8058 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8061 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8063 return mod_type_die
;
8066 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8067 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
8068 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
8069 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
8071 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
8072 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
8074 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
8076 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8077 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
8078 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8080 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
8081 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
8082 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8083 type to which it refers. */
8085 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
8086 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
8089 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8095 else if (is_const_type
)
8097 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8098 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
8100 else if (is_volatile_type
)
8102 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8103 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
8105 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
8107 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8108 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8109 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8111 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
8113 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8115 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
8117 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8118 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8119 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8121 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
8123 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8125 else if (is_base_type (type
))
8126 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
8129 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8131 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8132 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8133 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8134 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8135 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8137 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
8138 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
8140 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8141 not the main variant. */
8142 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
8143 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
8147 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8148 type
= qualified_type
;
8152 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
8154 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8155 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8156 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8157 types are possible in Ada. */
8158 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
8159 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
8160 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
8163 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
8164 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
8166 return mod_type_die
;
8169 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8170 an enumerated type. */
8176 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
8179 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
8185 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
8187 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8190 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
8193 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8194 zero if there is none. */
8196 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8197 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
)
8203 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8206 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8207 regs
= (*targetm
.dwarf_register_span
) (rtl
);
8209 if (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
)) > 1
8211 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
8213 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8216 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8217 a given hard register number. */
8219 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8220 one_reg_loc_descriptor (regno
)
8224 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8226 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8229 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8230 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8232 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8233 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
)
8238 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8240 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8241 nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
8243 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8244 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8246 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8253 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8254 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8255 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8261 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8263 if (GET_CODE (regs
) != PARALLEL
)
8266 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8269 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8273 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8274 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8275 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8276 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8281 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8283 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8284 int_loc_descriptor (i
)
8287 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8289 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8290 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8294 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8297 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8299 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8309 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8311 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8312 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8318 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8321 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8323 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8324 based_loc_descr (reg
, offset
)
8328 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
8329 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8330 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8332 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8333 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8334 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
8337 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8339 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
8341 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
8346 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8352 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8353 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
8354 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8355 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8358 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8359 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8360 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8361 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8363 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8364 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8365 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8366 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8368 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8369 autoincrement addressing modes.
8371 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8373 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8374 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
)
8376 enum machine_mode mode
;
8378 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8380 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8381 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8382 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8383 zeroth element of the array. */
8385 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8387 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8392 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8393 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8395 /* ... fall through ... */
8398 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8399 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8400 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8401 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8402 contains the given subreg. */
8403 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8405 /* ... fall through ... */
8408 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8409 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8410 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8411 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8412 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8413 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8414 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8415 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8416 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8417 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8418 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8419 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8420 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8421 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8422 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0);
8426 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8427 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8428 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8432 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8434 /* ... fall through ... */
8437 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8438 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8442 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8443 by a different symbol. */
8444 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8447 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8449 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8452 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8453 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8458 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8459 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8460 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8461 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8466 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8467 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8468 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8469 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8473 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8475 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8480 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8482 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8483 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8484 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8485 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8487 /* ... fall through ... */
8491 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8492 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
8493 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
8496 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8497 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8500 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8501 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8502 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8503 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8504 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8507 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8508 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
8509 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8510 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8517 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8518 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8519 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8520 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
8522 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8525 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8526 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8527 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
8532 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8536 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8538 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == MEM
)
8539 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0), mode
);
8547 return mem_loc_result
;
8550 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8551 This is typically a complex variable. */
8553 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8554 concat_loc_descriptor (x0
, x1
)
8557 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8558 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
8559 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
8561 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8564 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8565 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8566 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8567 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
8569 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8570 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8571 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8572 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
8574 return cc_loc_result
;
8577 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8578 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8579 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8580 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8581 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8583 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8585 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8586 loc_descriptor (rtl
)
8589 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8591 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8594 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8595 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8596 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8597 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8598 contains the given subreg. */
8599 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8601 /* ... fall through ... */
8604 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8608 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8612 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8622 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8623 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8624 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8625 descriptor, return 0. */
8627 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8628 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc
, addressp
)
8632 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8634 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8635 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8637 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8638 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8641 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8646 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
8647 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8648 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8649 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8650 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8651 the names of types. */
8658 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8659 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8660 for (loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0);
8661 TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc
) == NOP_EXPR
8662 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8663 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8664 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == SAVE_EXPR
;
8665 loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
8668 return (TREE_CODE (loc
) == INDIRECT_REF
8669 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
)
8673 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc
))
8677 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8678 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8682 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8683 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8684 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
8687 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8688 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8691 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8693 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8694 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8697 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
8698 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8699 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8701 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
8702 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8711 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8713 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8715 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8717 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8718 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8719 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8724 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8726 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8729 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8732 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8738 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8743 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8747 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8748 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8750 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8755 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8758 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8759 enum machine_mode mode
;
8762 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8763 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
8768 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
8770 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
8773 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
8775 /* Variable offset. */
8776 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
8777 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8783 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8785 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
8786 else if (bytepos
< 0)
8788 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
8789 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8795 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
8796 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
8801 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
8802 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
8807 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
8813 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
8818 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
8826 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
8839 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
8843 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8844 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
8846 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8850 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
8851 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8852 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
8862 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8869 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8876 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8883 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8898 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8899 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8900 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
8903 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8904 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8907 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
8921 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8925 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8929 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
8930 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
8931 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
8932 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
8934 /* ... fall through ... */
8938 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8939 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8940 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8941 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
8942 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
8944 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8945 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
8948 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
8949 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
8951 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
8952 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
8953 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
8955 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
8956 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8957 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
8959 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8960 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
8961 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
8962 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8963 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
8971 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8972 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
8975 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8976 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
8978 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8980 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
8982 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
8985 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
8987 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
8993 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8994 which is not less than the value itself. */
8996 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8997 ceiling (value
, boundary
)
8998 HOST_WIDE_INT value
;
8999 unsigned int boundary
;
9001 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
9004 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9005 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9006 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9015 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9016 return integer_type_node
;
9018 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9019 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
9020 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9025 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9026 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9027 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9029 static inline unsigned
9030 simple_type_align_in_bits (type
)
9033 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9036 static inline unsigned
9037 simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
)
9040 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9043 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9044 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9045 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9046 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9047 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9050 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9051 field_byte_offset (decl
)
9054 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
9055 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
9056 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
9057 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
9059 tree field_size_tree
;
9060 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9061 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
9062 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
9064 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9066 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9069 type
= field_type (decl
);
9070 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
9072 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9073 a flexible array member. */
9074 if (! field_size_tree
)
9075 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
9077 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9078 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9079 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9080 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
9083 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9085 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9086 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
9087 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
9089 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
9091 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9092 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
9093 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
9095 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9096 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9097 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9098 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9099 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9100 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9101 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9102 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9104 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9106 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9107 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9108 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9109 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9110 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9111 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9112 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9113 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9114 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9115 bits of the bit-field itself.
9117 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9118 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9119 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9120 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9121 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9122 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9123 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9124 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9125 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9127 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9128 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9129 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9130 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9131 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9132 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9134 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9135 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9136 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
9138 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9139 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9140 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9142 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9143 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
9144 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
9145 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
9147 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
9149 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9150 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9152 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9153 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
9154 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
9155 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
9158 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9161 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9162 associated with them. */
9164 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9166 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9167 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9168 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9171 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr_kind
, descr
)
9173 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
9174 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9177 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
9180 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9181 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9182 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9183 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9184 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9185 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9188 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9189 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9190 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9191 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9192 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9193 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9194 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9195 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9196 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9200 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, decl
)
9205 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9207 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
9209 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9210 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9212 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9213 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9214 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9215 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9217 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9219 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9221 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9223 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9224 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9225 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9227 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9228 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9229 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9231 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9232 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9236 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9237 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9238 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9239 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9241 /* Extract the offset. */
9242 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9243 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9245 /* Add it to the object address. */
9246 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9247 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9250 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9253 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9257 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9259 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9260 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9261 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9263 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9264 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9265 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9269 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9272 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9275 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9278 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9279 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9280 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9281 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9282 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9285 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
)
9289 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9292 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
9293 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
9294 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
9295 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
9296 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
9298 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9300 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9301 if (val
< 0 && (long) val
== val
)
9302 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (long) val
);
9303 else if ((unsigned long) val
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
)
9304 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned long) val
);
9307 #if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG * 2 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
9308 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9309 val
>> HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
, val
);
9318 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9319 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9320 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9321 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9323 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9325 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
9327 unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
9328 long *array
= (long *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
9331 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9335 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv
, array
[0]);
9339 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
9344 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
9351 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
9355 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9356 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9359 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9360 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9366 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9372 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9373 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
9377 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9378 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9379 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9380 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9381 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9382 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9383 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9384 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9385 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9386 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9387 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9391 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9398 rtl_for_decl_location (decl
)
9403 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9404 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9405 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9407 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9408 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9409 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9410 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9411 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9412 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9413 referenced within the function.
9415 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9416 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9417 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9418 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9420 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9421 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9422 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9423 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9424 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9425 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9427 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9428 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9429 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9430 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9431 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9432 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9433 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9434 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9435 output at debug-time.
9437 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9438 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9439 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9440 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9441 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9442 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9443 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9444 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9445 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9446 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9447 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9448 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9449 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9451 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9452 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9453 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9454 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9455 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9456 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9457 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9458 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9461 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9462 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9463 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9464 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9465 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9466 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9467 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9468 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9469 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9470 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9471 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9472 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9473 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9476 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9477 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
9479 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9480 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9482 if (! reload_completed
)
9485 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
9486 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9487 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
9488 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
9489 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
9490 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
9492 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9497 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
9499 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
9501 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
9502 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
9504 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9505 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9506 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9507 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
9508 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9509 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9510 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9511 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
9512 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
9513 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9516 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9517 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9518 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9519 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9520 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9521 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9523 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9524 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
9525 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9526 /* Not passed in memory. */
9527 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
9528 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9529 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
9530 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9531 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9532 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9533 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9536 /* Big endian correction check. */
9538 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
9539 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
9542 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
9543 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
9545 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9546 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
9550 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
9552 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
9553 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9554 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9555 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
9559 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9560 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9561 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9562 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
9564 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9565 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9566 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == STRING_CST
9567 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9569 tree arrtype
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9570 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (arrtype
);
9571 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype
);
9572 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9573 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9575 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9577 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9578 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9579 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9580 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9581 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9582 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
));
9584 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9585 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9586 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9587 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
9588 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == REAL_CST
)
9590 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
9591 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9592 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9593 if (rtl
&& GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
9599 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9601 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9602 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9603 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9605 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
9610 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
9611 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9612 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9613 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9614 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9615 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9616 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9617 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9618 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9619 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9622 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
)
9627 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9629 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9631 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
9634 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
9635 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9638 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9641 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9642 don't emit anything. */
9652 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9653 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
9657 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl
))
9659 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9660 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9661 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9662 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9663 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
, 1);
9670 descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9672 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9680 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9681 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9682 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9685 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
)
9689 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9690 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9692 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
9693 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
9698 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9701 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
9702 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9703 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
9705 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9706 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
9707 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
9714 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9715 the value of the attribute. */
9718 add_name_attribute (die
, name_string
)
9720 const char *name_string
;
9722 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
9724 if (demangle_name_func
)
9725 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
9727 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
9731 /* Generate an DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9734 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
)
9737 const char *wd
= getpwd ();
9739 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
9742 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9743 a representation for that bound. */
9746 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, bound
)
9747 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9748 enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
;
9751 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
9756 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9758 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
9759 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
9760 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
9761 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
9762 /* use the default */
9765 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
9770 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9771 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9772 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
9776 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9777 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9778 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9779 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9780 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9781 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9782 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9783 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9784 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9785 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9786 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9787 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9788 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9789 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9790 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9791 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9792 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9793 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9795 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9796 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9797 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9798 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
9799 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
9801 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9802 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9803 rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
9805 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9806 it references an outer function's frame. */
9807 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
9809 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
9811 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
9812 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
9815 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9816 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9817 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
,
9818 loc_descriptor (loc
));
9819 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9822 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9828 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
9830 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9831 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9832 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9833 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9835 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
9836 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9842 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9843 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9845 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
9846 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9848 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
9852 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
9853 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
9855 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9857 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9858 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9859 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9860 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9861 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9863 bound
= build (SAVE_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), bound
,
9864 current_function_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
9866 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9867 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9868 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9869 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9871 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9877 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9878 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9881 add_subscript_info (type_die
, type
)
9882 dw_die_ref type_die
;
9885 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9886 unsigned dimension_number
;
9889 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9891 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9892 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9893 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9894 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9895 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9896 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9897 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9898 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9900 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9901 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9902 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9903 gen_array_type_die. */
9904 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9905 for (dimension_number
= 0;
9906 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
9907 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
9910 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9912 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9913 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9915 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
9918 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9919 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
9920 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
9922 /* define the index type. */
9923 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
9925 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9926 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9927 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9928 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9929 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
9930 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9931 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
9934 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
9938 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9939 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9941 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9942 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9943 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9945 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
9947 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
9950 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9951 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9957 add_byte_size_attribute (die
, tree_node
)
9963 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
9971 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
9972 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
9975 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9976 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9977 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9978 even for bit-fields. */
9979 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9985 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9986 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9987 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9988 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9989 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
9992 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9993 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9994 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9997 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9998 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9999 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10000 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10001 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10002 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10004 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10005 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10006 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10009 add_bit_offset_attribute (die
, decl
)
10013 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
10014 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
10015 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
10016 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
10017 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
10018 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
10020 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10022 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
10025 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10026 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10027 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10028 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
10029 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10032 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
10034 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10035 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10036 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10037 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10038 below must take account of these differences. */
10039 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10040 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
10042 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10044 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
10045 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
10049 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10050 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
10051 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
10053 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
10056 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10057 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10060 add_bit_size_attribute (die
, decl
)
10064 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10065 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
10066 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
10069 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10070 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
10073 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10074 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10077 add_prototyped_attribute (die
, func_type
)
10081 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
10082 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
10083 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
10086 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10087 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10091 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die
, origin
)
10095 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
10097 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
10099 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10100 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10101 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10103 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10104 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10108 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
10110 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
10112 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
10115 if (DECL_P (origin
))
10116 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
10117 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
10118 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
10120 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
10123 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
10126 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10129 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die
, func_decl
)
10133 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
10135 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
10137 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
10138 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
10139 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
10140 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
10143 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10144 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10145 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10146 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
10150 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10153 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
10157 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10159 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10160 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10163 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10164 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10167 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
10173 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
10174 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
10176 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
10177 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10178 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
10180 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
10181 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10182 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
10183 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10184 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
10185 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
10188 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10189 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10190 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10191 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
10193 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
10194 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10195 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10200 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10203 push_decl_scope (scope
)
10206 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
10209 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10214 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
10217 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
10220 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10221 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10222 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10223 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10224 the current active scope. */
10227 scope_die_for (t
, context_die
)
10229 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10231 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
10232 tree containing_scope
;
10235 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10239 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
10241 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
10242 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
10243 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10245 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10246 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10247 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10248 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
10249 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10251 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
10252 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10253 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
10255 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10256 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10257 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10258 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10259 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
10264 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10265 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
10268 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10269 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10272 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10275 scope_die
= context_die
;
10280 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10283 local_scope_p (context_die
)
10284 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10286 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10287 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10288 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10294 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
10297 class_scope_p (context_die
)
10298 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10300 return (context_die
10301 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10302 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
10305 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10306 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10307 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10310 add_type_attribute (object_die
, type
, decl_const
, decl_volatile
, context_die
)
10311 dw_die_ref object_die
;
10315 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10317 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10318 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
10320 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10321 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10322 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10323 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10324 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
10325 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
10326 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10328 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
10329 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10330 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10331 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10332 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
10335 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
10336 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
10337 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
10340 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
10341 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
10344 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10345 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10346 was declared without a tag. */
10348 static const char *
10352 const char *name
= 0;
10354 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
10358 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10359 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10360 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
10362 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10363 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10365 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10366 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10367 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
10369 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10371 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
10374 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
10377 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10378 for bit field types. */
10381 member_declared_type (member
)
10384 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
10385 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
10388 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10389 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10392 static const char *
10393 decl_start_label (decl
)
10397 const char *fnname
;
10399 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10400 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
10404 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
10407 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
10412 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10413 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10414 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10417 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10419 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10421 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10422 dw_die_ref array_die
;
10425 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10426 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10427 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10428 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10429 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10432 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
10433 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
10434 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
10436 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
10438 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10439 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10440 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
10441 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
10445 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10446 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10447 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10448 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10449 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10450 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10451 for multidimensional arrays. */
10452 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
10455 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10456 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10457 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10458 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
10459 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10462 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
10464 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10465 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10467 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10468 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10469 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10470 add_subscript_info. */
10471 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10472 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10473 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
10475 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
10478 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10482 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10484 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10486 dw_die_ref type_die
10487 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10489 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10490 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10495 gen_entry_point_die (decl
, context_die
)
10497 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10499 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10500 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
10502 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10503 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
10506 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10507 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10508 0, 0, context_die
);
10511 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10512 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
10514 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
10518 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10519 emit full debugging info for them. */
10522 retry_incomplete_types ()
10526 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
10527 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
10530 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10533 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10535 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10537 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
10539 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10540 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10541 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10544 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10547 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10549 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10551 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
10553 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10554 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10555 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10558 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10561 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10563 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10565 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
10567 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10568 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10569 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10572 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10573 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10574 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10578 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10580 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10582 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10584 if (type_die
== NULL
)
10586 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
10587 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10588 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10589 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10591 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10594 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10596 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10597 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10598 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10599 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10603 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10604 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10605 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10606 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10608 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10609 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10610 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10611 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
10613 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
10614 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10616 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
10618 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
10619 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
10621 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0))
10623 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
10624 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10625 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10627 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10628 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10633 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10636 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10637 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10640 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10641 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10642 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10643 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10644 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10645 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10646 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10647 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10650 gen_formal_parameter_die (node
, context_die
)
10652 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10654 dw_die_ref parm_die
10655 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
10658 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
10661 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
10662 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10663 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
10666 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
10667 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
10668 TREE_READONLY (node
),
10669 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
10671 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
10672 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10675 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
10676 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
10677 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
);
10682 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10683 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10693 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10694 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10697 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type
, context_die
)
10699 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10701 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
10704 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10705 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10706 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10707 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10710 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
)
10711 tree function_or_method_type
;
10712 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10715 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
10716 tree first_parm_type
;
10719 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10721 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
10722 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
10727 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10729 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10730 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10731 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
10733 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
10735 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
10736 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
10739 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10740 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
10741 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
10742 && link
== first_parm_type
)
10743 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
10744 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10746 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
10748 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
10751 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10752 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10753 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
10754 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
10756 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10757 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10758 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10759 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
10760 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10761 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
10764 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10765 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10766 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10767 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10768 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10771 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, member
, context_die
)
10773 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10775 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10777 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10778 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10779 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
10780 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
10782 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
10785 push_decl_scope (type
);
10786 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10787 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10789 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10795 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10796 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10799 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
)
10802 dw_die_ref old_die
;
10805 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
10807 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10808 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
10810 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10811 if (old_die
&& get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10812 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10815 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10816 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10817 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10819 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10821 gen_type_die_for_member
10822 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
10825 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10826 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
10827 current_function_decl
= decl
;
10829 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
10830 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
10831 if (! was_abstract
)
10832 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
10834 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
10837 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10841 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
)
10843 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10845 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10846 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10847 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
10851 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10852 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
10853 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10855 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10856 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10857 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10858 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10859 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10861 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10862 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
10869 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10871 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
10874 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10875 inline function. */
10876 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10877 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
10879 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10880 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
10884 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10886 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
10887 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10888 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10889 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10890 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10892 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10893 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10894 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10895 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10896 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10902 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10903 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10904 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10905 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10906 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10907 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10908 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10909 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
10910 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10911 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
10912 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10913 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
10915 subr_die
= old_die
;
10917 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10918 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10919 remove_children (subr_die
);
10923 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10924 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10925 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10926 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10927 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10928 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10930 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10935 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10937 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10938 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10940 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
10941 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10943 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10944 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10945 0, 0, context_die
);
10948 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10949 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10950 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10952 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10953 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10954 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10955 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10960 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10962 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10964 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10965 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10966 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10967 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10968 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10969 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10972 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10974 if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && !flag_no_inline
)
10976 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
10977 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
10978 We can't get this completely correct because information
10979 about whether the function was declared inline is not
10981 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl
))
10982 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
10984 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
10987 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
10989 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10991 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
10993 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10994 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10996 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10997 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10998 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
10999 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
11000 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11001 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
11003 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
11004 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
11006 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11007 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11008 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
11011 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
11012 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
11013 variables is relative to one of them. */
11015 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
11016 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
11019 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
11020 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
11021 if (current_function_needs_context
)
11022 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
11023 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl
)));
11027 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11028 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11029 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11030 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11031 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11032 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11033 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11034 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11035 an ellipsis at the end. */
11037 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11038 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11039 its formal parameters. */
11040 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11042 else if (declaration
)
11043 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11046 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
11047 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
11050 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11051 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11052 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
11053 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
11055 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
11056 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
11057 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11058 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11060 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11063 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11064 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11065 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11066 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11067 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11068 parameters at all. */
11069 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11070 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
11072 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
11073 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
11074 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11076 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
11077 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11080 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11081 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11082 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
11084 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11085 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11086 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11087 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11088 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11089 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11090 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11092 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11093 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11094 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11095 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11096 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11097 constructor function. */
11098 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
11100 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
11101 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
11103 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11104 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
11106 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11107 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
11109 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11110 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
11117 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11120 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
)
11122 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11124 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11125 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
11127 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11128 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
11129 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
11131 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11132 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
11134 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11135 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11137 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11138 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11141 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
11142 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
11143 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
11145 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11146 add_AT_die_ref (var_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
11147 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
11149 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
11151 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11152 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11154 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11155 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
11157 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
11158 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
11163 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
11164 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11165 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11167 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11168 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11170 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11171 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11173 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11174 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11175 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11176 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11180 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11182 if (class_scope_p (context_die
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11183 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
11185 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11187 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11188 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
11191 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11194 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11197 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
)
11199 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11201 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11202 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
11204 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11206 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11207 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
11209 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
11211 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11212 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
11215 insn
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
11217 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11218 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
11219 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11220 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
11221 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
11222 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
)))
11224 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11225 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11226 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11227 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11228 it if it ever does happen. */
11229 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
11232 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
11233 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11238 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11241 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11243 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11246 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
11247 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11249 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11251 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
11255 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
11257 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
11260 add_ranges (chain
);
11261 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
11268 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11269 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11270 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11271 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11272 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11273 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11277 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
11280 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11283 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11285 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11288 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11290 dw_die_ref subr_die
11291 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
11292 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11293 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11295 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
11296 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11298 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11299 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11300 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11301 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11302 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11303 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11304 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11305 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
11306 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
11309 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11310 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11311 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11312 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11313 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11314 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11315 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11316 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11317 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11318 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11319 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11321 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11324 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11327 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
)
11329 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11331 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
11333 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11334 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
11335 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
11338 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
11340 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11341 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11342 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11345 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
11346 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11348 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11349 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11351 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11352 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11353 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11354 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11358 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11359 Use modified_type_die instead.
11360 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11361 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11364 gen_pointer_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11366 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11369 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11371 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11372 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11373 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11376 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11377 Use modified_type_die instead.
11378 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11379 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11382 gen_reference_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11384 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11387 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11389 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
11390 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11391 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11395 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11398 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11400 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11403 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
11404 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11406 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11407 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11408 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
11409 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11412 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11415 gen_compile_unit_die (filename
)
11416 const char *filename
;
11419 char producer
[250];
11420 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
11423 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
11427 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
11428 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
11429 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
11432 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
11434 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11435 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11436 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11437 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11438 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11439 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11440 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11441 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11442 strcat (producer
, " -g");
11445 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
11447 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
11448 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
11449 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11450 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
11451 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
11452 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
11453 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11454 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
11455 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
11456 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
11458 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
11460 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
11464 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11467 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11469 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11471 dw_die_ref type_die
11472 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11474 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11476 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11477 TODO: add string length info. */
11479 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
11480 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
11484 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11487 gen_inheritance_die (binfo
, access
, context_die
)
11488 tree binfo
, access
;
11489 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11491 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
11493 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11494 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
11496 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
11497 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11499 if (access
== access_public_node
)
11500 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
11501 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
11502 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11505 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11508 gen_member_die (type
, context_die
)
11510 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11513 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
11516 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11517 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11518 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11519 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11520 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11521 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11522 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11523 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11524 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11525 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11526 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11528 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11529 if (binfo
&& BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
))
11531 tree bases
= BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
);
11532 tree accesses
= BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo
);
11533 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
11536 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
11537 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
),
11538 (accesses
? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses
, i
)
11539 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
11542 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11543 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11545 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11546 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11547 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11548 do put them in the right order. */
11550 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11552 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11554 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11557 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11558 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11560 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11561 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
11564 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11566 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11568 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11572 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11573 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11574 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11577 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11579 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11581 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11582 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
11584 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
11585 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11586 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
11588 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
11591 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
11592 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11595 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11597 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
11598 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11600 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
11602 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
11603 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
11605 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11607 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
11609 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11612 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11614 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11615 then give a list of members. */
11618 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11619 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11620 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11621 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11622 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11623 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11625 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11626 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11627 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11628 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
11630 push_decl_scope (type
);
11631 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
11634 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11635 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
11637 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
11639 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
11640 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11641 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
11646 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11648 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11649 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11650 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
11651 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
11655 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11658 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11660 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11662 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11663 dw_die_ref subr_die
11664 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
11665 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11667 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
11668 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
11669 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11670 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
11673 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
11676 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
)
11678 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11680 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11683 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11686 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
11687 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
11688 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11689 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11690 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
11695 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
11696 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
11698 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
11700 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
11703 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
11706 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11708 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11709 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11712 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11713 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
11716 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11719 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11721 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11725 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11728 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11729 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11731 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11734 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11735 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == type
)
11738 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11739 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
11743 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11744 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11745 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11746 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11747 cloned type itself). */
11748 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
11749 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
11751 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11754 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11760 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
11761 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11762 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11763 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11764 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11766 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11768 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11769 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11770 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11774 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11775 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11776 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
11778 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11779 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11781 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11783 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11787 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
11788 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11792 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11793 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11796 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
11797 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11798 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11799 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11803 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11804 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11805 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11809 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
11811 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11812 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11815 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11819 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11822 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11825 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11826 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11827 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11828 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11829 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11830 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11831 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11832 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
11833 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11834 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11836 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
11838 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11841 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11842 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11843 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11849 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
11850 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11852 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11857 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11858 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11859 when appropriate. */
11868 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11872 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11879 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11882 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11885 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type
, context_die
)
11887 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11889 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11892 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11893 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11894 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11896 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
11899 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11900 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11902 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11907 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11908 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11912 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11916 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11917 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11925 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11926 things which are local to the given block. */
11929 gen_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11931 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11934 int must_output_die
= 0;
11937 enum tree_code origin_code
;
11939 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11940 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
11941 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
11944 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11945 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11946 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11947 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
11951 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
11952 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11957 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11958 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11959 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11960 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11961 the current block. */
11962 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11963 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
11965 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11967 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11968 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11969 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11970 must_output_die
= 1;
11973 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11974 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11975 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11976 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11977 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11978 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11979 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11980 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
11982 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11983 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11984 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11985 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11986 as being a "significant" one. */
11987 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
11989 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11990 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11991 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
11992 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11993 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
11994 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11996 must_output_die
= 1;
12002 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12003 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12004 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12005 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12006 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12007 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12008 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12009 if (must_output_die
)
12011 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12012 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12014 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12017 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12020 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12021 all of its sub-blocks. */
12024 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
12026 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12032 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
12033 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
12036 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12037 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12038 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12039 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12040 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12044 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12045 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12046 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12047 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12051 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12052 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
12054 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12057 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12058 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12061 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12062 therein) of this block. */
12063 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
12065 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
12066 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12069 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12072 is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
12075 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12078 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
12079 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
12080 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
12081 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
12082 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
12083 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12089 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12092 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
)
12094 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12098 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12101 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12107 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12108 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12111 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12112 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12113 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12114 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
12115 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
12118 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12119 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
12120 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
12122 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12123 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12124 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
12125 && ! class_scope_p (context_die
)
12126 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12127 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12128 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12129 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12131 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
12132 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
12135 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12136 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12138 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12139 have described its return type. */
12140 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
12142 /* And its virtual context. */
12143 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12144 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
12146 /* And its containing type. */
12147 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12148 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12149 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12152 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12153 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
12157 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12158 actual typedefs. */
12159 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12162 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12163 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12164 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12165 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12166 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12167 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12168 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12170 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12174 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
12175 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12177 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12178 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
12182 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12183 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
12187 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12188 variable declarations or definitions. */
12189 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12192 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12194 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12196 /* And its containing type. */
12197 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12198 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12199 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12201 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12202 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12203 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12205 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12206 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
12207 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12209 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
12213 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12214 anonymous unions. */
12215 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
12216 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
)
12218 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
12219 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
12224 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12225 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12228 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12229 /* Ignore for now. */
12233 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
)
12234 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12240 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12243 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename
, context_list
)
12244 const char *filename
;
12245 const char *context_list
;
12247 unsigned int file_index
;
12249 if (filename
!= NULL
)
12251 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12252 tree context_list_decl
12253 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
12256 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
12257 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
12258 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12259 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12260 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
12264 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12265 compilation proper has finished. */
12268 dwarf2out_global_decl (decl
)
12271 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12272 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12273 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12274 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12275 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12276 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12279 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12282 dwarf2out_decl (decl
)
12285 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12287 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12292 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12293 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
12294 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
12295 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
12296 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
12299 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12300 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12301 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12302 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12303 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12304 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12305 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12306 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12307 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12308 with the definition of the function.
12310 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12311 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12312 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12313 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12314 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12315 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12316 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12317 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12318 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12319 that they *are* definitions).
12321 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12322 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12323 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12324 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12325 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12326 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
12329 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12330 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12331 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12332 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
12333 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12334 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12335 context_die
= NULL
;
12339 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12340 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12341 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12342 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12343 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12344 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12345 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12346 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12347 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
12350 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12351 variable declarations or definitions. */
12352 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12357 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12358 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
12361 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12362 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12363 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
12365 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12366 comparisons have. */
12367 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
12368 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
12369 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12370 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12371 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
12376 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12377 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12380 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12381 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12382 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
12383 context_die
= NULL
;
12391 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12394 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12395 a lexical block. */
12398 dwarf2out_begin_block (line
, blocknum
)
12399 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12400 unsigned int blocknum
;
12402 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12403 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12406 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12410 dwarf2out_end_block (line
, blocknum
)
12411 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12412 unsigned int blocknum
;
12414 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12415 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12418 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12419 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12421 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12422 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12423 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12426 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block
)
12431 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12432 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12433 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
12439 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12440 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12441 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12442 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12443 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12444 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12445 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12446 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12447 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12451 lookup_filename (file_name
)
12452 const char *file_name
;
12455 char *save_file_name
;
12457 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12458 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12459 if (file_table_last_lookup_index
!= 0)
12462 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, file_table_last_lookup_index
);
12463 if (strcmp (file_name
, last
) == 0)
12464 return file_table_last_lookup_index
;
12467 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12468 n
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
);
12469 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
12470 if (strcmp (file_name
, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)) == 0)
12472 file_table_last_lookup_index
= i
;
12476 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12477 file_table_last_lookup_index
= n
;
12478 save_file_name
= (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name
);
12479 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, save_file_name
);
12480 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12486 maybe_emit_file (fileno
)
12489 static int emitcount
= 0;
12490 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& fileno
> 0)
12492 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
))
12494 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
) = ++emitcount
;
12495 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ",
12496 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
));
12497 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
12498 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, fileno
));
12499 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
12501 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
);
12510 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12511 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table
, 64, "file_table");
12512 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted
, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12514 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12515 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, NULL
);
12516 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12517 file_table_last_lookup_index
= 0;
12520 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12521 and record information relating to this source line, in
12522 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12525 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, filename
)
12527 const char *filename
;
12529 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
12532 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12534 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12535 if (flag_debug_asm
)
12536 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
12539 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12541 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12543 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (file_num
);
12545 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12546 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
12548 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12549 line_info_table_in_use
++;
12551 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12552 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12553 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
12555 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12557 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
12558 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12559 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
12561 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12562 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12563 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
12565 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12566 separate_line_info_table
12567 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref
)
12568 ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
12569 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12570 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
12571 memset ((separate_line_info_table
12572 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
),
12574 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12575 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
12578 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12580 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
12581 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12582 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12583 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
12587 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
12589 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12590 line_info_table_in_use
);
12592 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12593 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
12595 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12597 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
12598 (line_info_table_allocated
12599 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
12600 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
12601 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12604 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12605 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
12606 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12607 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12612 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12615 dwarf2out_start_source_file (lineno
, filename
)
12616 unsigned int lineno
;
12617 const char *filename
;
12619 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& !is_main_source
)
12621 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12622 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
12624 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12625 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
12628 is_main_source
= 0;
12630 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12632 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12633 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
12634 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
12636 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
12637 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
12638 "Filename we just started");
12642 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12645 dwarf2out_end_source_file (lineno
)
12646 unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12648 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12649 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12650 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12652 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12654 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12655 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12659 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12660 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12661 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12664 dwarf2out_define (lineno
, buffer
)
12665 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12666 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12668 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12670 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12671 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
12672 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12673 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12677 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12678 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12679 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12682 dwarf2out_undef (lineno
, buffer
)
12683 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12684 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12686 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12688 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12689 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
12690 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12691 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12695 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12698 dwarf2out_init (input_filename
)
12699 const char *input_filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12701 init_file_table ();
12703 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12704 decl_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12705 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12706 decl_die_table_allocated
= DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12707 decl_die_table_in_use
= 0;
12709 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12710 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12712 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12713 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12714 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12715 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12716 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12717 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
12719 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12720 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12721 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12722 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12724 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12725 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
12727 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12728 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12729 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12730 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12731 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12732 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12733 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
12734 is_main_source
= 1;
12736 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
12738 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12740 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12741 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
12742 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12743 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12744 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12746 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
12748 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
12749 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12750 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
12751 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12752 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
12753 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12754 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12755 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
12756 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12757 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
12758 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12759 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
12761 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12763 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12764 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
12765 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12766 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
12769 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12772 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
12776 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12777 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12780 output_indirect_string (h
, v
)
12782 void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12784 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
12786 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
12788 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
12789 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
12790 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
12798 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
12799 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
12802 prune_unmark_dies (die
)
12807 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12808 prune_unmark_dies (c
);
12812 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
12813 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
12816 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
)
12821 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
12823 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
12825 /* A reference to another DIE.
12826 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
12827 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
12829 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
)
12831 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
12832 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
=
12833 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
12839 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
12840 to DIE's children. */
12843 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, dokids
)
12849 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
12851 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
12854 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
12855 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
12856 if (die
->die_parent
)
12857 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
12859 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
12860 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12863 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
12865 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
12866 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
12870 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12872 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
12873 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
12874 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
12875 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
12877 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12883 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
12886 prune_unused_types_walk (die
)
12891 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
12895 switch (die
->die_tag
) {
12896 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
12897 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
12898 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
12899 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
12900 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
12901 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
12902 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
12903 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
12904 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
12905 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
12906 case DW_TAG_friend
:
12907 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
12908 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
12909 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
12910 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
12911 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
12912 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
12913 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
12914 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
12915 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
12919 /* Mark everything else. */
12925 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
12926 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12928 /* Mark children. */
12929 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12930 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12934 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
12937 prune_unused_types_prune (die
)
12940 dw_die_ref c
, p
, n
;
12941 if (!die
->die_mark
)
12945 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= n
)
12950 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
12958 die
->die_child
= n
;
12965 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
12968 prune_unused_types ()
12971 limbo_die_node
*node
;
12973 /* Clear all the marks. */
12974 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12975 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12976 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12978 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
12979 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
12980 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12981 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
12983 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
12984 pubname_table or arange_table. */
12985 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
12986 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table
[i
].die
, 1);
12987 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
12988 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
12990 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
12991 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
12992 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12993 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
12995 /* Leave the marks clear. */
12996 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12997 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12998 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
13001 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
13002 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
13005 dwarf2out_finish (input_filename
)
13006 const char *input_filename
;
13008 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
13009 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
13011 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
13012 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
13013 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, input_filename
);
13014 if (input_filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
13015 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
13016 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
13019 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
13020 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
13022 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
13027 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
13028 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
13029 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
13030 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
13032 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
13034 next_node
= node
->next
;
13037 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
13039 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
13043 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
13044 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
13046 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
13047 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
13048 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
13049 else if (node
->created_for
13050 && TREE_CODE (node
->created_for
) == SAVE_EXPR
13051 && 0 != (origin
= (lookup_decl_die
13053 (node
->created_for
)))))
13054 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
13055 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
13056 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
13057 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
13058 else if (node
->created_for
13059 && ((DECL_P (node
->created_for
)
13060 && (context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
)))
13061 || (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
)
13062 && (context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
))))
13063 && TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
13065 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
13066 nested function can be optimized away, which results
13067 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
13068 with the return type of that nested function. Force
13069 this to be a child of the containing function. */
13070 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
13073 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
13080 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
13082 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13083 emit full debugging info for them. */
13084 retry_incomplete_types ();
13086 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
13087 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
13088 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13090 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
13091 prune_unused_types ();
13093 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
13094 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
13095 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13096 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
13098 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
13099 that have children. */
13100 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
13101 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13102 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
13104 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
13106 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
13108 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
13109 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
13110 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
13111 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
13112 examining the file. */
13113 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
13115 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13116 output_line_info ();
13119 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
13120 if (have_location_lists
)
13122 /* Output the location lists info. */
13123 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13124 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
13125 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13126 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
13127 output_location_lists (die
);
13128 have_location_lists
= 0;
13131 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
13133 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
13135 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
13136 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
13139 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
13140 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
13141 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
13142 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
13144 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
13145 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
13146 debug_line_section_label
);
13148 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13149 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
13151 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13152 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13153 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13154 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
13156 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
13158 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13159 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13160 output_abbrev_section ();
13162 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13163 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
13165 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13166 output_pubnames ();
13169 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13170 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13171 if (fde_table_in_use
)
13173 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13177 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13178 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
13180 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13181 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
13185 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
13186 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13188 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13189 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
13190 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13193 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13195 if (debug_str_hash
)
13196 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
13200 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13201 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
13203 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13205 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"